blob: dc13e7f4688cc9c3aef5b0ef1237fbf4c124b1a7 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000015#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000018#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000021#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000022#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000029#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
30
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000031using namespace clang;
32
33enum FloatingRank {
34 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
35};
36
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000037ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000038 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000039 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000040 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000041 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
42 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000043 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000044 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
45 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000046 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000047 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000048 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000049 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
50 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000051 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000052 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000053 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054}
55
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000056ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
57 // Deallocate all the types.
58 while (!Types.empty()) {
Ted Kremenek4b05b1d2008-05-21 16:38:54 +000059 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000060 Types.pop_back();
61 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000062
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000063 {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000064 llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
65 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end();
66 while (I != E)
67 Deallocate(&*I++);
68 }
69
70 {
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000071 llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
72 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end();
73 while (I != E) {
74 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
75 delete R;
76 }
77 }
78
79 {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +000080 llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
81 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end();
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000082 while (I != E) {
83 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
84 delete R;
85 }
86 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
92 NNS != NNSEnd;
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000093 /* Increment in loop */)
94 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000095
96 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
97 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
98
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000099 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000100}
101
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000102void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000103ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
104 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
105}
106
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000107void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
108 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
109 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000110
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000111 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000112#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000113#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
114#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
115 0 // Extra
116 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000117
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000118 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
119 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000120 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000121 }
122
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000123 unsigned Idx = 0;
124 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
125#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
126 if (counts[Idx]) \
127 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
128 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
129 ++Idx;
130#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
131#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000132
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000133 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000134
135 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
136 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
137 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
138 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000139}
140
141
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000142void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000143 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000144 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000145 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000146}
147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000148void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
149 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000150
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000151 // C99 6.2.5p19.
152 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000153
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000154 // C99 6.2.5p2.
155 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
156 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000157 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000158 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
159 else
160 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
161 // C99 6.2.5p4.
162 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
163 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
164 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
165 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000167
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000168 // C99 6.2.5p6.
169 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000174
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000175 // C99 6.2.5p10.
176 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
177 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
178 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000179
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000180 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
181 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
182 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
183
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000184 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
185 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
186 else // C99
187 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000188
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000189 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
190 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
191 else // C99
192 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
193
194 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
195 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
196 else // C99
197 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
198
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000199 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000200 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
201
202 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
203 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
204 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
205 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
206 // expressions.
207 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000208
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000210 // not yet been deduced.
211 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000212
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000213 // C99 6.2.5p11.
214 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
215 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
216 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000217
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000218 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000219
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000220 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
221 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
222 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000223
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000224 // Builtin types for 'id' and 'Class'.
225 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
226 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000227
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000228 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000229
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000230 // void * type
231 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000232
233 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
234 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000235}
236
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000237MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000238ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000239 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000240 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000241 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
242 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
243 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000245 return Pos->second;
246}
247
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000249ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
250 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000251 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
252 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
253 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
254 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000255 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
256 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000257}
258
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000259NamedDecl *
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000260ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000261 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000262 = InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.find(UUD);
263 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.end())
264 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000265
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000266 return Pos->second;
267}
268
269void
270ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD,
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000271 NamedDecl *UUD) {
272 assert((isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(UUD) ||
273 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(UUD)) &&
274 "original declaration is not an unresolved using decl");
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000275 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] &&
276 "Already noted what using decl what instantiated from");
277 InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] = UUD;
278}
279
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000280FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
281 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
282 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
283 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
284 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000286 return Pos->second;
287}
288
289void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
290 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
291 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
292 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
293 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
294 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000296 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
297}
298
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000299namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000300 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000301 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
302 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000304 public:
305 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000307 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
308 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
309 }
310 };
311}
312
313/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
314///
315/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
316///
317/// \param End the end of the comment text.
318///
319/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
320/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
321/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322static bool
323isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000324 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
327 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
328 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000329
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000330 if (End - Start < 4)
331 return false;
332
333 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
334 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
335 return false;
336 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
337 return false;
338
339 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
340}
341
342/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000344const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
345 if (!D)
346 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000347
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000348 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
349 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000350 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000351 = DeclComments.find(D);
352 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
353 return Pos->second.c_str();
354
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000355 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000356 // that source, do so now.
357 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
358 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
359 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000360
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000361 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
362 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
363 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000364
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000365 LoadedExternalComments = true;
366 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367
368 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000369 if (Comments.empty())
370 return 0;
371
372 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
373 // can't find the comment.
374 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
375 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
376 return 0;
377
378 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
379 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000381 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
382 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
385 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000387 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000388 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000389 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000390
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000391 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
392 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
393 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
394 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
395 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
396 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
397 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
398 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
401 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
402 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
403 // is the comment we want.
404 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
406 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000407 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
408 return Result.c_str();
409 }
410 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000412 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
413 return 0;
414 --LastComment;
415
416 // Decompose the end of the comment.
417 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
418 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000419
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000420 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
421 // aren't related.
422 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
423 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000425 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
426 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
427 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000429 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
430 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000432 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
433 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000435 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000437 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
438 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
439 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
440 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000442 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
443 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
444 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000445 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000446 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
447 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
448 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
449 // Look at the previous comment
450 --FirstComment;
451 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
452 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
455 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
456 ++FirstComment;
457 break;
458 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000459
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000460 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
461 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
462 ++FirstComment;
463 break;
464 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000465
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000466 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
467 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
468 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
469 ++FirstComment;
470 break;
471 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000474 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000475 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
476 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000478 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
479 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
480 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
481 // all of these comments.
482 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
483 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
484 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
485 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
486 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
487 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
488 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
489 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
490 ++FirstComment;
491 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000492
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000493 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
495 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000496 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
497 return Result.c_str();
498}
499
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000500//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
501// Type Sizing and Analysis
502//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000503
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000504/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
505/// scalar floating point type.
506const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000507 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000508 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
509 switch (BT->getKind()) {
510 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
511 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
512 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
513 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
514 }
515}
516
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000517/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000518/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
519/// this method will assert on them.
Daniel Dunbarb7d08442009-02-17 22:16:19 +0000520unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000521 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
522
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000523 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000524 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getAlignment());
525
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000526 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
527 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000528 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000529 unsigned AS = RT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Anders Carlssonf0930232009-04-10 04:52:36 +0000530 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000531 } else if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
532 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000533 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
534 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
535
536 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
537 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000538 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
540 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000541}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000542
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000543/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
544/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000545///
546/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
547/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
548/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000549std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000550ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000551 uint64_t Width=0;
552 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000553 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000554#define TYPE(Class, Base)
555#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000556#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000557#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
558#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000559 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000560 break;
561
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000562 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
563 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000564 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
565 Width = 0;
566 Align = 32;
567 break;
568
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000569 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000570 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000571 Width = 0;
572 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
573 break;
574
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000575 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000576 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000577
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000578 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000579 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000580 Align = EltInfo.second;
581 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000582 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000583 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000584 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000585 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
586 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
587 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000588 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000589 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
590 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000591 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
592 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
593 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
594 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000595 break;
596 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000597
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000598 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000599 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000600 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000601 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000602 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
603 Width = 0;
604 Align = 8;
605 break;
606
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000607 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000608 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
609 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000610 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000611 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
612 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
613 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000614 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000615 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
616 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000617 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000618 case BuiltinType::WChar:
619 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
620 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
621 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000622 case BuiltinType::Char16:
623 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
624 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
625 break;
626 case BuiltinType::Char32:
627 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
628 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
629 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000630 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
633 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000636 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000637 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
638 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000639 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000640 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000642 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
643 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000644 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000645 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000646 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000647 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
648 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000649 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000650 case BuiltinType::Int128:
651 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
652 Width = 128;
653 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
654 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
657 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
659 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000660 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
661 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000662 break;
663 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000664 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
665 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000666 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000667 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
668 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
669 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000671 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000672 break;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000673 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
674 // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend
675 // on the available types for the target
676 Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth();
Chris Lattner736166b2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000677 Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8);
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000678 Align = Width;
679 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000680 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000681 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000682 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000683 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000684 case Type::BlockPointer: {
685 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
686 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
687 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
688 break;
689 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000690 case Type::Pointer: {
691 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
694 break;
695 }
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000696 case Type::LValueReference:
697 case Type::RValueReference:
Chris Lattner7ab2ed82007-07-13 22:16:13 +0000698 // "When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result is the size
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000699 // of the referenced type." C++98 5.3.3p2: expr.sizeof.
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000700 // FIXME: This is wrong for struct layout: a reference in a struct has
701 // pointer size.
Chris Lattnerbdcd6372008-04-02 17:35:06 +0000702 return getTypeInfo(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000703 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000704 // FIXME: This is ABI dependent. We use the Itanium C++ ABI.
705 // http://www.codesourcery.com/public/cxx-abi/abi.html#member-pointers
706 // If we ever want to support other ABIs this needs to be abstracted.
707
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000708 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000709 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000710 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
711 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000712 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
713 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000714 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
715 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000716 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000717 case Type::Complex: {
718 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
719 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000720 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000721 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000722 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000723 Align = EltInfo.second;
724 break;
725 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000726 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000727 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000728 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
729 Width = Layout.getSize();
730 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
731 break;
732 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000733 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000734 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000735 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
736
737 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000738 Width = 1;
739 Align = 1;
740 break;
741 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000742
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000743 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000744 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
745
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000746 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000747 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
748 Width = Layout.getSize();
749 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000750 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000751 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000752
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000753 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000754 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
755 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000756
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000757 case Type::Elaborated:
758 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
759 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000760
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000761 case Type::Typedef: {
762 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000763 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000764 Align = Aligned->getAlignment();
765 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
766 } else
767 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000768 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000769 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000770
771 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
772 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
773 .getTypePtr());
774
775 case Type::TypeOf:
776 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
777
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000778 case Type::Decltype:
779 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
780 .getTypePtr());
781
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000782 case Type::QualifiedName:
783 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000785 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000786 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000787 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
788 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
789 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
790 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
791 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
792 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000793
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000794 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000795 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000796}
797
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000798/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
799/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
800/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
801/// a data type.
802unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
803 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000804
805 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000806 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000807 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
808 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
809 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
810 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
811
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000812 return ABIAlign;
813}
814
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000815static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
816 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
817 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000818 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
819 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000820 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000821 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
822 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
823 }
824}
825
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000826void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
827 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
828 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
829 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
830 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
831}
832
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000833/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
834/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
835///
836void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
837 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
838 bool CollectSynthesized) {
839 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
840 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
841 Ivars.push_back(*I);
842 }
843 if (CollectSynthesized)
844 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
845}
846
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000847void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
848 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000849 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
850 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000851 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
852 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000853
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000854 // Also look into nested protocols.
855 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
856 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
857 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
858}
859
860/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
861/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
862///
863void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
864 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000865 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
866 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000867 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
868 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
869 }
870 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
871 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
872 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
873 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
874 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
875 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
876 }
877}
878
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000879/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
880/// those inherited by it.
881void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
882 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
883 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
884 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
885 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
886 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
887 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
888 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
889 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
890 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
891 }
892
893 // Categories of this Interface.
894 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
895 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
896 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
897 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
898 while (SD) {
899 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
900 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
901 }
902 return;
903 }
904 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
905 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
906 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
907 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
908 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
909 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
910 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
911 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
912 }
913 return;
914 }
915 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
916 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
917 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
918 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
919 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
920 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
921 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
922 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
923 }
924 return;
925 }
926}
927
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000928unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
929 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000930 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
931 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000932 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
933 ++count;
934
935 // Also look into nested protocols.
936 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
937 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
938 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
939 return count;
940}
941
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000942unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000943 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000944 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
945 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000946 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
947 ++count;
948 }
949 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
950 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
951 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
952 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
953 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
954 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
955 }
956 return count;
957}
958
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000959/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
960ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
961 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
962 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
963 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
964 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
965 return 0;
966}
967/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
968ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
969 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
970 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
971 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
972 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
973 return 0;
974}
975
976/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
977void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
978 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
979 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
980 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
981}
982/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
983void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
984 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
985 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
986 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
987}
988
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000989/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized DeclaratorInfo.
990///
991/// The caller should initialize the memory held by DeclaratorInfo using
992/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
993///
994/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
995/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
996/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000997DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::CreateDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
998 unsigned DataSize) {
999 if (!DataSize)
1000 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1001 else
1002 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
1003 "incorrect data size provided to CreateDeclaratorInfo!");
1004
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001005 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo =
1006 (DeclaratorInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(DeclaratorInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1007 new (DInfo) DeclaratorInfo(T);
1008 return DInfo;
1009}
1010
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001011DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
1012 SourceLocation L) {
1013 DeclaratorInfo *DI = CreateDeclaratorInfo(T);
1014 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1015 return DI;
1016}
1017
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001018/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1019/// layout of the given interface.
1020///
1021/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1022/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001023const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001024ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1025 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001026 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1027
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001028 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001030 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1031 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1032 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001033
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001034 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1035 if (Impl) {
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001036 unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size();
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001037 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
1038 FieldCount += SynthCount;
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001039 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001040 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1041 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1042 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001043 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001044 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1045 }
1046
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001047 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001048 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1049 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001050
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001051 return *NewEntry;
1052}
1053
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001054const ASTRecordLayout &
1055ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1056 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1057}
1058
1059const ASTRecordLayout &
1060ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1061 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1062}
1063
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001064/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001065/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1066/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001067const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001068 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1069 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001070
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001071 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001072 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1073 // is recursive.
1074 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001075 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001076
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001078 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001079 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001080
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001081 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001082}
1083
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001084//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1085// Type creation/memoization methods
1086//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1087
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001088QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1089 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1090 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1091
1092 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1093 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1094 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1095 void *InsertPos = 0;
1096 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1097 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1098 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1099 return T;
1100 }
1101
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001102 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001103 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1104 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1105 return T;
1106}
1107
1108QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1109 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1110 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1111
1112 QualifierCollector Quals;
1113 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1114 Quals.addVolatile();
1115
1116 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1117}
1118
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001119QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001120 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1121 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001122 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001123
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001124 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1125 // into one ExtQuals node.
1126 QualifierCollector Quals;
1127 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001129 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1130 // another one.
1131 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1132 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1133 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001135 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001136}
1137
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001138QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001139 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001140 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001141 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001142 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001143
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001144 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001145 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001146 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001147 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1148 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1149 }
1150 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001151
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001152 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1153 // into one ExtQuals node.
1154 QualifierCollector Quals;
1155 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001156
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001157 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1158 // another one.
1159 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1160 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1161 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001162
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001163 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001164}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001165
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001166QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167 QualType ResultType;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001168 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001169 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001170 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001171 ResultType = getPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001172 } else if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001173 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001174 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001175 ResultType = getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 } else {
1177 assert (T->isFunctionType()
1178 && "can't noreturn qualify non-pointer to function or block type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001179
Benjamin Kramerbdbeeb52009-09-25 11:47:22 +00001180 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = T->getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>()) {
1181 ResultType = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), true);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001182 } else {
1183 const FunctionProtoType *F = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1184 ResultType
1185 = getFunctionType(F->getResultType(), F->arg_type_begin(),
1186 F->getNumArgs(), F->isVariadic(), F->getTypeQuals(),
1187 F->hasExceptionSpec(), F->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1188 F->getNumExceptions(), F->exception_begin(), true);
1189 }
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001190 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001191
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001192 return getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001193}
1194
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001195/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1196/// number with the specified element type.
1197QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1198 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1199 // structure.
1200 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1201 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001202
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001203 void *InsertPos = 0;
1204 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1205 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001207 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1208 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1209 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001210 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001211 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001212
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001213 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1214 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001215 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001216 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001217 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001218 Types.push_back(New);
1219 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1220 return QualType(New, 0);
1221}
1222
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00001223QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) {
1224 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ?
1225 SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes;
1226 FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width];
1227 if (!Entry)
1228 Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed);
1229 return QualType(Entry, 0);
1230}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231
1232/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1233/// the specified type.
1234QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1235 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1236 // structure.
1237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1238 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001240 void *InsertPos = 0;
1241 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1242 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001243
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1245 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1246 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001247 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001248 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001249
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001250 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1251 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001252 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001253 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001254 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 Types.push_back(New);
1256 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1257 return QualType(New, 0);
1258}
1259
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001260/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001261/// a pointer to the specified block.
1262QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001263 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1264 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001265 // structure.
1266 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1267 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001268
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001269 void *InsertPos = 0;
1270 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1271 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1272 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001273
1274 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001275 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1276 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001277 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001278 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001279
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001280 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1281 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1282 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001283 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001284 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001285 BlockPointerType *New
1286 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001287 Types.push_back(New);
1288 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1289 return QualType(New, 0);
1290}
1291
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001292/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1293/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001294QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1296 // structure.
1297 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001298 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001299
1300 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001301 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1302 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001303 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001304
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001305 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1306
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001307 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1308 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1309 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001310 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1311 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1312 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001313
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001314 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001315 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1316 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001317 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001318 }
1319
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001320 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001321 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1322 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001324 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001325
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001326 return QualType(New, 0);
1327}
1328
1329/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1330/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1331QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1332 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1333 // structure.
1334 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001335 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001336
1337 void *InsertPos = 0;
1338 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1339 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1340 return QualType(RT, 0);
1341
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001342 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1343
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001344 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1345 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1346 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001347 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1348 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1349 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001350
1351 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1352 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1353 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1354 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1355 }
1356
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001357 RValueReferenceType *New
1358 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001359 Types.push_back(New);
1360 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361 return QualType(New, 0);
1362}
1363
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001364/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1365/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001367 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1368 // structure.
1369 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1370 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1371
1372 void *InsertPos = 0;
1373 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1374 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1375 return QualType(PT, 0);
1376
1377 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1378 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1379 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001380 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001381 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1382
1383 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1384 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1385 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1386 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1387 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001388 MemberPointerType *New
1389 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001390 Types.push_back(New);
1391 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1392 return QualType(New, 0);
1393}
1394
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001396/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001397QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001398 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001399 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1400 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001401 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1402 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001403 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1404
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001405 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1406 // the target.
1407 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1408 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001409
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001411 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001413 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001415 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001416 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001417
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1419 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1420 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001421 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001423 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001424 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001425 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001426 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001427 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001428 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001430 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1431 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001432 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 Types.push_back(New);
1434 return QualType(New, 0);
1435}
1436
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001437/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1438/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001439QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1440 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001441 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001442 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1443 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001444 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1445 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1446
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001447 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1448 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001449
1450 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1451 Types.push_back(New);
1452 return QualType(New, 0);
1453}
1454
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001455/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1456/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001457/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001458QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1459 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001460 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001461 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1462 SourceRange Brackets) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001463 assert((NumElts->isTypeDependent() || NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001464 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1465
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001466 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001467 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001468 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001469
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001470 void *InsertPos = 0;
1471 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon
1472 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1473 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1474 if (Canon) {
1475 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1476 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001477 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1478 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1479 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001480 } else {
1481 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1482 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001483 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1484 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1485 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001486 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1487 } else {
1488 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1489 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1490 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001491 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1492 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1493 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001494 }
1495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001497 Types.push_back(New);
1498 return QualType(New, 0);
1499}
1500
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001501QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1502 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1503 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1504 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001505 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001506
1507 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001508 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001509 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1510 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1511
1512 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1513 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1514 QualType Canonical;
1515
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001516 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001517 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001518 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001519
1520 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1521 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1522 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001523 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001524 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001525
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001526 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1527 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001528
1529 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1530 Types.push_back(New);
1531 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001532}
1533
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001534/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1535/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1536QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001537 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001538
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001539 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001540 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001542 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1543 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001544 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001545 void *InsertPos = 0;
1546 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1547 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1548
1549 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1550 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1551 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001552 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001553 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001554
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001555 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1556 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001557 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001558 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001559 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1560 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001561 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1562 Types.push_back(New);
1563 return QualType(New, 0);
1564}
1565
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001566/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001567/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001568QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001569 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001571 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001572 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001574 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1575 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001577 void *InsertPos = 0;
1578 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1579 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1580
1581 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1582 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1583 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001584 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001585 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001586
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001587 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1588 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001589 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001590 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001591 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1592 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001593 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1594 Types.push_back(New);
1595 return QualType(New, 0);
1596}
1597
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001598QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001599 Expr *SizeExpr,
1600 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001601 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001602 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001603 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001604
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001605 void *InsertPos = 0;
1606 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1607 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1608 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1609 if (Canon) {
1610 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1611 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001612 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1613 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1614 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001615 } else {
1616 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1617 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001618 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1619 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1620 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001621 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1622 } else {
1623 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1624 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001625 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1626 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001627 }
1628 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001629
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001630 Types.push_back(New);
1631 return QualType(New, 0);
1632}
1633
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001634/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001635///
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001636QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001637 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1638 // structure.
1639 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001640 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001642 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001644 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001645 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001647 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001648 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001649 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001651 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001652 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1653 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001654 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001655 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001656
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001657 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1658 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001659 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001660 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001661 return QualType(New, 0);
1662}
1663
1664/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1665/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001666QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001667 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001668 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1669 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001670 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001671 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1672 // structure.
1673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001674 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001675 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001676 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001677
1678 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001679 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001680 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001681 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001682
1683 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001684 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001685 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001686 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001687 isCanonical = false;
1688
1689 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001690 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001691 QualType Canonical;
1692 if (!isCanonical) {
1693 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1694 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1695 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001696 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001697
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001698 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001699 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001700 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
1701 false, 0, 0, NoReturn);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001702
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001703 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001704 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1705 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001706 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001708
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001709 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001710 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1711 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001712 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001713 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1714 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001715 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001716 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001717 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001718 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001719 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001720 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001721 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1722}
1723
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001724/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1725/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001726QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001727 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001728 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001730 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001731 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001732 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1733 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001734 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1735 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001736 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001737
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001738 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001739 if (PrevDecl)
1740 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001741 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001742 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001743 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001744 if (PrevDecl)
1745 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001746 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001747 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001748 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001749 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001750
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001751 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001752 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001753}
1754
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001755/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1756/// specified typename decl.
1757QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1758 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001760 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001761 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1762 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001763 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1764 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1765}
1766
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001767/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1768QualType
1769ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1770 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001771 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001772 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1773
1774 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1775 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1776 void *InsertPos = 0;
1777 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1778 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1779
1780 if (!SubstParm) {
1781 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1782 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1783 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1784 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1785 }
1786
1787 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1788}
1789
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001790/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001792/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001793QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001794 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001795 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1796 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001797 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001798 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001799 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001800 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1801
1802 if (TypeParm)
1803 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001805 if (Name) {
1806 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001807 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1808 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001809 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001810 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1811 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001812
1813 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1814 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1815
1816 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1817}
1818
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001820ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001821 const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args,
1822 unsigned NumArgs,
1823 QualType Canon) {
1824 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1825 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1826 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1827 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1828
1829 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1830}
1831
1832QualType
1833ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001834 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1835 unsigned NumArgs,
1836 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001837 if (!Canon.isNull())
1838 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1839 else {
1840 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001841 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1842 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1843 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1844 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1845 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1846
1847 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1848 // exists.
1849 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001851 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001852
1853 void *InsertPos = 0;
1854 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1855 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001856
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001857 if (!Spec) {
1858 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001860 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001861 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001863 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001864 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001865 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001866 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001867 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001869 if (Canon.isNull())
1870 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001871 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001872 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001873 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001874
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001875 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1876 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1877 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001879 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001880 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1882 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001883 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001884
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001885 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001886 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001887}
1888
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001889QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001890ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001891 QualType NamedType) {
1892 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001893 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001894
1895 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001896 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001897 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1898 if (T)
1899 return QualType(T, 0);
1900
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001901 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001902 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001903 Types.push_back(T);
1904 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1905 return QualType(T, 0);
1906}
1907
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001909 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1910 QualType Canon) {
1911 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1912
1913 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1914 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1915 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1916 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1917 }
1918
1919 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1920 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1921
1922 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001924 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1925 if (T)
1926 return QualType(T, 0);
1927
1928 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
1929 Types.push_back(T);
1930 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001931 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001932}
1933
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934QualType
1935ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001936 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1937 QualType Canon) {
1938 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1939
1940 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1941 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1942 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
1943 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
1944 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001945 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001946 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1947 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
1948 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
1949 }
1950 }
1951
1952 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1953 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
1954
1955 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001957 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1958 if (T)
1959 return QualType(T, 0);
1960
1961 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
1962 Types.push_back(T);
1963 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001965}
1966
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001967QualType
1968ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
1969 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
1970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1971 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001973 void *InsertPos = 0;
1974 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1975 if (T)
1976 return QualType(T, 0);
1977
1978 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
1979
1980 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
1981 Types.push_back(T);
1982 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1983 return QualType(T, 0);
1984}
1985
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001986/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
1987/// alphabetically.
1988static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
1989 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00001990 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001991}
1992
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001993static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
1994 unsigned NumProtocols) {
1995 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
1996
1997 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
1998 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
1999 return false;
2000 return true;
2001}
2002
2003static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002004 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2005 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002006
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002007 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2008 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2009
2010 // Remove duplicates.
2011 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2012 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2013}
2014
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002015/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2016/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002017QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002019 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002020 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002021 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002022
2023 void *InsertPos = 0;
2024 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2025 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2026 return QualType(QT, 0);
2027
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002028 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2029 QualType Canonical;
2030 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2031 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2032 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2033 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2034 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2035
2036 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2037 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2038
2039 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2040 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2041 } else {
2042 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2043 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2044 }
2045
2046 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2047 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2048 }
2049
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002050 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002051 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002052 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002054 Types.push_back(QType);
2055 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2056 return QualType(QType, 0);
2057}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002058
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002059/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2060/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2061QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002062 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002063 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002064 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002065
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002066 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002067 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2068 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002069 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002070
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002071 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2072 QualType Canonical;
2073 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2074 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2075 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2076
2077 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2078 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2079
2080 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2081
2082 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2083 }
2084
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002085 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002086 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002087 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002088
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002089 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002090 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002091 return QualType(QType, 0);
2092}
2093
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002094/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2095/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002096/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002098/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002099QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002100 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002101 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2102 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2103 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002104
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002105 void *InsertPos = 0;
2106 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2107 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2108 if (Canon) {
2109 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2110 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002111 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002112 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2113 }
2114 else {
2115 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002116 Canon
2117 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002118 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2119 toe = Canon;
2120 }
2121 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002122 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002123 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002124 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002125 Types.push_back(toe);
2126 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002127}
2128
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002129/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2130/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2131/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002132/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002133/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002134QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002135 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002136 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002137 Types.push_back(tot);
2138 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002139}
2140
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002141/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2142/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2143static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002144 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2145 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002147 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2148 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2149 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2150 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2151 return VD->getType();
2152 }
2153 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2154 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2155 return FD->getType();
2156 }
2157 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2158 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2159 // return type of that function.
2160 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2161 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002162
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002163 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164
2165 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002166 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2167 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2168 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002169
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002170 return T;
2171}
2172
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002173/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2174/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2175/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002177/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2178QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002179 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002180 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2181 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2182 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002184 void *InsertPos = 0;
2185 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2186 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2187 if (Canon) {
2188 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2189 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002190 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002191 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2192 }
2193 else {
2194 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002195 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002196 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2197 dt = Canon;
2198 }
2199 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002200 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002201 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002202 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002203 Types.push_back(dt);
2204 return QualType(dt, 0);
2205}
2206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002207/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2208/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002209QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002210 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002211 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2212 // away const? mutable?
2213 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002214}
2215
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2217/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2218/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002219QualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002220 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002221}
2222
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002223/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2224/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2225QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2226 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2227 return WCharTy;
2228}
2229
2230/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2231/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2232QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2233 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2234 return UnsignedIntTy;
2235}
2236
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002237/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2238/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2239QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002240 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002241}
2242
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002243//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2244// Type Operators
2245//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2246
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002247CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2248 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2249 // qualifiers.
2250 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2251 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2252
2253 QualType Result;
2254 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2255 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2256 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2257 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2258 } else {
2259 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2260 }
2261
2262 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2263}
2264
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002265/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2266/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2267/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2268/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2269/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2270/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002271CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002272 QualifierCollector Quals;
2273 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2274 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002276 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2277 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2278
2279 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2280 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002281 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002282
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002283 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2284 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2285 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002286 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2287 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002288 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002290 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2291 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002292 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002293 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002295 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002296 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2297 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2298 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002299 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002300 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002301 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2302 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002303 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002305 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002306 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2307 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002308 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2309 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002310 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002311 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002312 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002313
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002314 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002315 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002316 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2317 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002318 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002319 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002320 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002321}
2322
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002323TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2324 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2325 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2326 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002327 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002328
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329 // If this template name refers to a set of overloaded function templates,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002330 /// the canonical template name merely stores the set of function templates.
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002331 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl()) {
2332 OverloadedFunctionDecl *CanonOvl = 0;
2333 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator F = Ovl->function_begin(),
2334 FEnd = Ovl->function_end();
2335 F != FEnd; ++F) {
2336 Decl *Canon = F->get()->getCanonicalDecl();
2337 if (CanonOvl || Canon != F->get()) {
2338 if (!CanonOvl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002339 CanonOvl = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(*this,
2340 Ovl->getDeclContext(),
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002341 Ovl->getDeclName());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002343 CanonOvl->addOverload(
2344 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(cast<NamedDecl>(Canon)));
2345 }
2346 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002348 return TemplateName(CanonOvl? CanonOvl : Ovl);
2349 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002351 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2352 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2353 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2354}
2355
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002356bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2357 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2358 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2359 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2360}
2361
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002363ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2364 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2365 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2366 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002368 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002369 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002370
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002371 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002372 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002374 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2375 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2376
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002377 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002378 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002379 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002381 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002382 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002384 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2385 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2386 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2387 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002388 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002389 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2390 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2391 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002393 TemplateArgument Result;
2394 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2395 return Result;
2396 }
2397 }
2398
2399 // Silence GCC warning
2400 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2401 return TemplateArgument();
2402}
2403
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002404NestedNameSpecifier *
2405ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002407 return 0;
2408
2409 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2410 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2411 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002413 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2414 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2415
2416 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2417 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2418 // this namespace and no prefix.
2419 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2420
2421 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2422 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2423 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2425 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002426 T.getTypePtr());
2427 }
2428
2429 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2430 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2431 return NNS;
2432 }
2433
2434 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2435 return 0;
2436}
2437
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002438
2439const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2440 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002441 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002442 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2443 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2444 return AT;
2445 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002446
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002447 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002448 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002449 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002450 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002451
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002452 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002453 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2454 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2457 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002458 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002459
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002460 QualifierCollector Qs;
2461 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002463 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2464 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002465 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002466 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002467
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002468 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2469 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2470 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2471 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002472 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002474 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2475 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2476 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002477 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002478 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2479 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2480 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002481 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002482
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002484 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2485 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002486 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002487 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2488 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002489 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002490 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002491 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002493 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002494 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002495 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002496 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002497 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002498 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002499 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002500}
2501
2502
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002503/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2504/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2505/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2506/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2507///
2508/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2509QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002510 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2511 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2512 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2513 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2514 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2515 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002516
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002517 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002518
2519 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002520 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002521}
2522
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002523QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002524 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002525 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002526 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002527 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2528 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002529 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002530 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002531 }
2532 }
2533}
2534
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002535QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2536 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002538 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2539 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002540
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002541 return ElemTy;
2542}
2543
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002544/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002545uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002546ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2547 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2548 do {
2549 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2550 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2551 } while (CA);
2552 return ElementCount;
2553}
2554
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002555/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2556/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002557static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002558 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002559 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002560
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002561 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2562 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002563 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002564 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2565 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2566 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2567 }
2568}
2569
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002570/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2571/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002572/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2573/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002574QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2575 QualType Domain) const {
2576 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2577 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2578 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002579 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002580 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2581 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2582 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2583 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002584 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002585
2586 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2587 switch (EltRank) {
2588 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2589 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2590 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2591 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002592 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002593}
2594
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002595/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2596/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2597/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002599int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2600 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2601 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002602
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002603 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002604 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002605 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002606 return 1;
2607 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002608}
2609
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002610/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2611/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2612/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002613unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002614 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002615 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
2616 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
2617
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002618 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2619 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2620
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002621 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2622 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2623
2624 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2625 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2626
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002627 // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and
2628 // the ordering of builtins. The builtin ordering is encoded in the
2629 // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that.
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +00002630 if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T))
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002631 return FWIT->getWidth() << 3;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002632
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002633 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002634 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2635 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002636 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002637 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2638 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2639 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2640 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002641 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002642 case BuiltinType::Short:
2643 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002644 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002645 case BuiltinType::Int:
2646 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002647 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002648 case BuiltinType::Long:
2649 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002650 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002651 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2652 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002653 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002654 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2655 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2656 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002657 }
2658}
2659
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002660/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2661/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2662///
2663/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2664/// promotion occurs.
2665QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2666 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2667 if (!Field)
2668 return QualType();
2669
2670 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2671
2672 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2673 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2674 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2675 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2676 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2677 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2678 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2679 return IntTy;
2680
2681 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2682 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2683
2684 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2685 // like the base type.
2686 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2687 // is ridiculous.
2688 return QualType();
2689}
2690
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002691/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2692/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2693/// integer type.
2694QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2695 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2696 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
2697 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2698 return IntTy;
2699 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2700 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2701 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2702 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2703}
2704
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002705/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002706/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002707/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002708int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002709 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2710 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002711 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002713 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2714 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002716 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2717 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002719 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2720 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2721 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2722 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002724 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2725 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2726 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2727 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2728 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002730 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2731 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002733 return -1;
2734 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002735
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002736 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2737 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2738 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002740 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2741 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002743 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002744}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002745
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002746static RecordDecl *
2747CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2748 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2749 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2750 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2751 else
2752 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2753}
2754
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002756QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2757 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002758 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002759 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2760 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2761
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002762 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002763
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002764 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002765 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002766 // int flags;
2767 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002768 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002769 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002770 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2772
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002773 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002774 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002775 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002776 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002777 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002778 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002779 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002780 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002781 }
2782
2783 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002784 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002785
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002786 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002787}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002788
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002789void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002790 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002791 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2792 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2793}
2794
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002795QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002796 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002797 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002798 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2799 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002800
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002801 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2802 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002803 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002804 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2805 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2806 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2807 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002809 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002810 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2811 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2812 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002813 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002814 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002815 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002816 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002817 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002819 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002820 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002821
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002822 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2823}
2824
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002825QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2826 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2827 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2828
2829 RecordDecl *T;
2830 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002831 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2832 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002833
2834 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2835 UnsignedLongTy,
2836 UnsignedLongTy,
2837 };
2838
2839 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2840 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002841 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002842 };
2843
2844 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2845 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2846 T,
2847 SourceLocation(),
2848 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2849 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2850 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2851 /*Mutable=*/false);
2852 T->addDecl(Field);
2853 }
2854
2855 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2856
2857 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2858
2859 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2860}
2861
2862void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2863 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2864 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2865 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2866}
2867
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002868QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2869 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2870 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2871
2872 RecordDecl *T;
2873 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002874 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2875 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002876
2877 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2878 UnsignedLongTy,
2879 UnsignedLongTy,
2880 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2881 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2882 };
2883
2884 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2885 "reserved",
2886 "Size",
2887 "CopyFuncPtr",
2888 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2889 };
2890
2891 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2892 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2893 T,
2894 SourceLocation(),
2895 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2896 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2897 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2898 /*Mutable=*/false);
2899 T->addDecl(Field);
2900 }
2901
2902 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2903
2904 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2905
2906 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2907}
2908
2909void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2910 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2911 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2912 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2913}
2914
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002915bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2916 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2917 return true;
2918 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2919 return true;
2920 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2921 return true;
2922 return false;
2923}
2924
2925QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2926 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002927 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002928 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002929 // unsigned int __flags;
2930 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00002931 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
2932 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002933 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002934 // } *
2935
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002936 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
2937
2938 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002939 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002940 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2941 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
2942 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002943 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002944 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2945 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002946 T->startDefinition();
2947 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
2948 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
2949 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2950 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2951 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
2952 Int32Ty,
2953 Int32Ty,
2954 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2955 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2956 Ty
2957 };
2958
2959 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2960 "__isa",
2961 "__forwarding",
2962 "__flags",
2963 "__size",
2964 "__copy_helper",
2965 "__destroy_helper",
2966 DeclName,
2967 };
2968
2969 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
2970 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
2971 continue;
2972 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
2973 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2974 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2975 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2976 T->addDecl(Field);
2977 }
2978
2979 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2980
2981 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002982}
2983
2984
2985QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002986 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002987 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002988 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002989 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002990 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2991 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
2992 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002993 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002994 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2995 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002996 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2997 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2998 IntTy,
2999 IntTy,
3000 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003001 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3002 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3003 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003004 };
3005
3006 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3007 "__isa",
3008 "__flags",
3009 "__reserved",
3010 "__FuncPtr",
3011 "__descriptor"
3012 };
3013
3014 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003015 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003016 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
3017 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003018 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3019 T->addDecl(Field);
3020 }
3021
3022 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3023 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3024 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3025 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3026 if (BDRE) {
3027 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3028 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3029 }
3030 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3031
3032 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003033 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3034 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003035
3036 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3037 Name, FieldType, /*DInfo=*/0,
3038 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003039 T->addDecl(Field);
3040 }
3041
3042 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003043
3044 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003045}
3046
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003047void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003048 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003049 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3050 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3051}
3052
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003053// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3054// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003055static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003056 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003057 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3058 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003059
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003060 return false;
3061}
3062
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003063/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003064/// purpose.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003065int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003066 uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003068 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
3069 if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003070 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003071 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3072 else if (type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003073 sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
3074 return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003075}
3076
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003077/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3078/// declaration.
3079void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3080 std::string& S) {
3081 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3082 QualType BlockTy =
3083 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3084 // Encode result type.
3085 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3086 // Compute size of all parameters.
3087 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3088 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3089 SourceLocation Loc;
3090 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
3091 int ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3092 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3093 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3094 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3095 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3096 assert (sz > 0 && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
3097 ParmOffset += sz;
3098 }
3099 // Size of the argument frame
3100 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3101 // Block pointer and offset.
3102 S += "@?0";
3103 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3104
3105 // Argument types.
3106 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3107 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3108 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3109 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3110 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3111 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3112 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3113 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3114 // elements.
3115 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3116 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3117 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3118 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3119 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3120 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3121 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3122 }
3123}
3124
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003125/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003126/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003127void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003128 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003129 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003130 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003131 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003132 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003133 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003134 // Compute size of all parameters.
3135 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3136 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3137 SourceLocation Loc;
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003138 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003139 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3140 // their size.
3141 int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003142 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3143 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3144 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3145 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003146 assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003147 ParmOffset += sz;
3148 }
3149 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3150 S += "@0:";
3151 S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003152
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003153 // Argument types.
3154 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003155 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3156 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3157 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003159 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003160 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3161 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3162 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003163 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003164 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3165 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3166 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003167 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003168 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003169 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003170 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003171 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003172 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003173 }
3174}
3175
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003176/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003177/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003178/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3179/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003180/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3181/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3182/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3183/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3184/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003185/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3186/// @code
3187/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3188/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3189/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3190/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3191/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3192/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3193/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3194/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3195/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3196/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3197/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3198/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3199/// };
3200/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003201void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003202 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003203 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003204 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3205 bool Dynamic = false;
3206 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3207
3208 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3209 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003211 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3212 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003213 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003214 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003215 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3216 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3217 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3218 Dynamic = true;
3219 } else {
3220 SynthesizePID = PID;
3221 }
3222 }
3223 }
3224 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003225 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003226 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003227 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003228 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003229 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3230 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3231 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3232 Dynamic = true;
3233 } else {
3234 SynthesizePID = PID;
3235 }
3236 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003238 }
3239 }
3240
3241 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3242 S = "T";
3243
3244 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003245 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3246 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003247 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003248 true /* outermost type */,
3249 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003250
3251 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3252 S += ",R";
3253 } else {
3254 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3255 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3256 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003257 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003258 }
3259 }
3260
3261 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3262 // are "dynamic by default".
3263 if (Dynamic)
3264 S += ",D";
3265
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003266 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3267 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003268
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003269 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3270 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003271 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003272 }
3273
3274 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3275 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003276 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003277 }
3278
3279 if (SynthesizePID) {
3280 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3281 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003282 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003283 }
3284
3285 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3286}
3287
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003288/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3290/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003291/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3292///
3293void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003294 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003295 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003296 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3297 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003298 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003300 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3301 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003302 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3303 }
3304 }
3305}
3306
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003307void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003308 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003309 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3310 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3311 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3312 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003314 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003315}
3316
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003317static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003318 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003319 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3320 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3321 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003322 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003323 S += 'b';
3324 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3325}
3326
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003327// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003328void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3329 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3330 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003331 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003332 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003333 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003334 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003335 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3336 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3337 char encoding;
3338 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003340 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3341 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3342 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3343 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3344 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3345 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003346 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3347 encoding =
3348 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003349 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003350 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3351 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3352 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3353 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3354 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3355 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003356 case BuiltinType::Long:
3357 encoding =
3358 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003359 break;
3360 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3361 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3362 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3363 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3364 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003365 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003366
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003367 S += encoding;
3368 return;
3369 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003370
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003371 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003372 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003373 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003374 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003375 return;
3376 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003378 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003379 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003380 bool isReadOnly = false;
3381 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3382 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3383 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003385 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003386 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3387 isReadOnly = true;
3388 S += 'r';
3389 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003390 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003391 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003392 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3393 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003394 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3395 isReadOnly = true;
3396 S += 'r';
3397 }
3398 }
3399 if (isReadOnly) {
3400 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3401 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3402 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3403 const char * s = S.c_str();
3404 int len = S.length();
3405 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3406 std::string replace = "rn";
3407 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3408 }
3409 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003410 if (isObjCSelType(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003411 S += ':';
3412 return;
Fariborz Jahanianc2939bc2007-10-30 17:06:23 +00003413 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003415 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3416 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3417 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003418 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003419 S += '*';
3420 return;
3421 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003422 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003423 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3424 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3425 S += '#';
3426 return;
3427 }
3428 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3429 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3430 S += '@';
3431 return;
3432 }
3433 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003434 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003435 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003436 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3437
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003439 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003440 return;
3441 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003442
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003443 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3444 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3445 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003446 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3447 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3448 S += '^';
3449
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003450 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003451 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3452 } else {
3453 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003455 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3456 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3457 else {
3458 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3459 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3460 S += '0';
3461 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462
3463 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003464 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3465 S += ']';
3466 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003467 return;
3468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003469
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003470 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003471 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003472 return;
3473 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003475 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003476 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003477 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003478 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3479 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3480 S += II->getName();
3481 } else {
3482 S += '?';
3483 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003484 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003485 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003486 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3487 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003488 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003489 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003490 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003491 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003492 S += '"';
3493 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003495 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003496 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003498 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003499 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003500 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3501 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003503 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003504 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003505 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003506 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003507 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003508 return;
3509 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003510
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003511 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003512 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3513 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3514 else
3515 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003516 return;
3517 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003519 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003520 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003521 return;
3522 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003524 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003525 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003526 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003527 S += '{';
3528 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3529 S += II->getName();
3530 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003531 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003532 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003533 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003534 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003536 RecFields[i]);
3537 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003538 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003539 FD);
3540 }
3541 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003542 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003543 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003545 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003546 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3547 S += '@';
3548 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003549 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003550
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003551 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3552 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3553 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3554 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003555 S += '#';
3556 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003557 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003558
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003559 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003561 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3562 ExpandStructures, FD);
3563 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3564 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3565 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003566 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003567 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3568 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003569 S += '<';
3570 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3571 S += '>';
3572 }
3573 S += '"';
3574 }
3575 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003576 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003577
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003578 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3579 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3580 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3581 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003583 // {...};
3584 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3586 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003587 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003588 return;
3589 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003590
3591 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003592 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003593 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003594 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003595 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3596 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003597 S += '<';
3598 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3599 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003600 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003601 S += '"';
3602 }
3603 return;
3604 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003605
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003606 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003607}
3608
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003609void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003610 std::string& S) const {
3611 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3612 S += 'n';
3613 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3614 S += 'N';
3615 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3616 S += 'o';
3617 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3618 S += 'O';
3619 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3620 S += 'R';
3621 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3622 S += 'V';
3623}
3624
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003625void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003626 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003627
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003628 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3629}
3630
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003631void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003632 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003633}
3634
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003635void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003636 ObjCSelType = T;
3637
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003638 const TypedefType *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003639 if (!TT)
3640 return;
3641 TypedefDecl *TD = TT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003642
3643 // typedef struct objc_selector *SEL;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003644 const PointerType *ptr = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Fariborz Jahanianc55a2402009-01-16 19:58:32 +00003645 if (!ptr)
3646 return;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003647 const RecordType *rec = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAsStructureType();
Fariborz Jahanianc55a2402009-01-16 19:58:32 +00003648 if (!rec)
3649 return;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003650 SelStructType = rec;
3651}
3652
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003653void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003654 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003655}
3656
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003657void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003658 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003659}
3660
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003661void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003662 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003663 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003665 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003666}
3667
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003668/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3669/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003671 bool TemplateKeyword,
3672 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3674 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3675
3676 void *InsertPos = 0;
3677 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3678 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3679 if (!QTN) {
3680 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3681 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3682 }
3683
3684 return TemplateName(QTN);
3685}
3686
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003687/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3688/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003690 bool TemplateKeyword,
3691 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Template) {
3692 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3693 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003695 void *InsertPos = 0;
3696 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3697 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3698 if (!QTN) {
3699 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3700 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3701 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003702
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003703 return TemplateName(QTN);
3704}
3705
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003706/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3707/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003709 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003710 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003711 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003712
3713 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3714 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3715
3716 void *InsertPos = 0;
3717 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3718 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3719
3720 if (QTN)
3721 return TemplateName(QTN);
3722
3723 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3724 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3725 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3726 } else {
3727 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3728 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3729 }
3730
3731 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3732 return TemplateName(QTN);
3733}
3734
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003735/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3736/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3737TemplateName
3738ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3739 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3740 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3741 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3742
3743 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3744 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3745
3746 void *InsertPos = 0;
3747 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3748 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3749
3750 if (QTN)
3751 return TemplateName(QTN);
3752
3753 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3754 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3755 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3756 } else {
3757 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3758 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3759 }
3760
3761 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3762 return TemplateName(QTN);
3763}
3764
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003765/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003766/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3767/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003768CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003769 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003770 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003771 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3772 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3773 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3774 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3775 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3776 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3777 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3778 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3779 }
3780
3781 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003782 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003783}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003784
3785//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3786// Type Predicates.
3787//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3788
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003789/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3790/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3791/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003792/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003793///
3794bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3795 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3796 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003797 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003798 return true;
3799 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003800 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003801}
3802
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003803/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3804/// garbage collection attribute.
3805///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003806Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3807 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003808 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3809 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003810 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003811 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003812 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003813 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003814 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003815 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003816 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003817 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003818 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003819 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003820 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3821 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003822 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003823 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003824 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003825 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003826}
3827
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003828//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3829// Type Compatibility Testing
3830//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003831
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003832/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003833/// compatible.
3834static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3835 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003836 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003837 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003838 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003839}
3840
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003841//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3842// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3843//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3844
3845/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3846/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003847bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3848 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003849 if (lProto == rProto)
3850 return true;
3851 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3852 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3853 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3854 return true;
3855 return false;
3856}
3857
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003858/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3859/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3860/// otherwise.
3861bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3862 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3863 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3864 return false;
3865}
3866
3867/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3868/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3869bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3870 bool compare) {
3871 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003873 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3874 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003875 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003876 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3877 return true;
3878
3879 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003880 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003882 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003883
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003884 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003885 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003886 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3887 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3888 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3889 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3890 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3891 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3892 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003893 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003894 return false;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3898 return true;
3899 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003901 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3902 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3903 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3904 bool match = false;
3905
3906 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3907 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3908 // through its super class and categories.
3909 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3910 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3911 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3912 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3913 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3914 match = true;
3915 break;
3916 }
3917 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003919 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3920 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3921 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3922 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3923 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3924 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3925 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003926 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003927 match = true;
3928 break;
3929 }
3930 }
3931 }
3932 if (!match)
3933 return false;
3934 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003936 return true;
3937 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003939 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
3940 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
3941
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003942 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003943 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
3944 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
3945 bool match = false;
3946 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3947 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3948 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3949 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3950 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3951 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003952 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003953 match = true;
3954 break;
3955 }
3956 }
3957 if (!match)
3958 return false;
3959 }
3960 return true;
3961 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003963 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3964 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3965 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3966 bool match = false;
3967
3968 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3969 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3970 // through its super class and categories.
3971 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3972 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3973 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3974 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3975 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3976 match = true;
3977 break;
3978 }
3979 }
3980 if (!match)
3981 return false;
3982 }
3983 return true;
3984 }
3985 return false;
3986}
3987
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003988/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003989/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
3990/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
3991///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003992bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
3993 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003994 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
3995 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003996 return true;
3997
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003998 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4000 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004001 false);
4002
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004003 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4004 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004005 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4006 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004007
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004008 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004009}
4010
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004011/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4012/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4013/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4014/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4015static
4016void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4017 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4018 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4019 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4020
4021 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4022 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4023
4024 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4025 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4026 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4027 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4028 else {
4029 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4030 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4031 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4032 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4033 }
4034
4035 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4036 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4037 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4038 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4039 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4040 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4041 }
4042 else {
4043 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4044 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4045 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4046 // be harmless.
4047 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4048 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4049 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4050 }
4051}
4052
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004053/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4054/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4055/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4056/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4057QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4058 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4059 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4060 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4061 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4062 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4063 return QualType();
4064
4065 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4066 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4067 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004068 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4069 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4070 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4071 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4072 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4073 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4074 else
4075 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4076 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4077 return LHSTy;
4078 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004079 }
4080
4081 return QualType();
4082}
4083
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004084bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4085 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004086 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4087 // the LHS.
4088 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4089 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004090
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004091 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4092 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004093 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004094 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004095
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004096 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4097 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004098 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004099 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004101 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4102 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004103 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4104 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4105
4106 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4107 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004108 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004109 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004110 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4111 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004112 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004113 break;
4114 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004115 }
4116 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4117 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4118 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004119 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004120 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4121 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004122}
4123
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004124bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4125 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004126 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4127 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004129 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004130 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004131
4132 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4133 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004134}
4135
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004137/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004139/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004140bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4141 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4142}
4143
4144QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004145 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4146 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004147 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4148 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004149 bool allLTypes = true;
4150 bool allRTypes = true;
4151
4152 // Check return type
4153 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4154 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004155 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4156 allLTypes = false;
4157 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4158 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004159 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004160 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4161 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4162 allLTypes = false;
4163 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4164 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004166 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004167 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4168 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004169 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4170 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4171
4172 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4173 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4174 return QualType();
4175
4176 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4177 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4178 return QualType();
4179
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004180 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4181 return QualType();
4182
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004183 // Check argument compatibility
4184 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4185 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4186 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4187 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4188 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4189 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4190 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004191 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4192 allLTypes = false;
4193 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4194 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004195 }
4196 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4197 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4198 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004199 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
4200 NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004201 }
4202
4203 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4204 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4205
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004206 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004207 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004208 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004209 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4210 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4211 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4212 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4213 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4214 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4215 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4216 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4217 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4218 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4219 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4220 return QualType();
4221 }
4222
4223 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4224 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4225 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004226 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
4227 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004228 }
4229
4230 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4231 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004232 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004233}
4234
4235QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004236 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4237 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4238 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004239 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4240 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004241 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4242 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004243 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4244 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004245 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004246 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004247 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004248 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004249
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004250 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4251 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4252
4253 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4254 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4255 return LHS;
4256
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004257 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004258 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4259 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004260 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4261 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4262 // mismatch.
4263 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4264 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4265 return QualType();
4266
4267 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4268 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4269 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4270 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4271 // qualified __strong.
4272 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4273 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4274 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4275
4276 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4277 return QualType();
4278
4279 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4280 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4281 }
4282 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4283 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4284 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004285 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004286 }
4287
4288 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004289
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004290 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4291 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004292
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004293 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4294 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4295 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4296 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004297
4298 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004299 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4300 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4301 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4302 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004304 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4305 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4306 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004307
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004308 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004309 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004310 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004312 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004313 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4314 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004315 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004316 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004317 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4318 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004319 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004320
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004321 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004322 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004323
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004324 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004325 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004326#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4327#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4328#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4329#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4330#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4331 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4332 return QualType();
4333
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004334 case Type::LValueReference:
4335 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004336 case Type::MemberPointer:
4337 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4338 return QualType();
4339
4340 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4341 case Type::VariableArray:
4342 case Type::FunctionProto:
4343 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004344 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4345 return QualType();
4346
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004347 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004348 {
4349 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004350 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4351 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4353 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004354 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004355 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004356 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004357 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004358 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4359 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004360 case Type::BlockPointer:
4361 {
4362 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004363 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4364 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004365 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4366 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4367 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4368 return LHS;
4369 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4370 return RHS;
4371 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4372 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004373 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004374 {
4375 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4376 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4377 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4378 return QualType();
4379
4380 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4381 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4382 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4383 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004384 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4385 return LHS;
4386 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4387 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004388 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4389 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4390 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4391 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004392 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4393 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004394 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4395 return LHS;
4396 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4397 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004398 if (LVAT) {
4399 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4400 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4401 // has to be different.
4402 return LHS;
4403 }
4404 if (RVAT) {
4405 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4406 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4407 // has to be different.
4408 return RHS;
4409 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004410 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4411 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004412 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4413 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004414 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004415 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004416 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004417 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004418 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004419 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004420 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004421 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004422 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004423 case Type::Complex:
4424 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4425 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004426 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004427 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004428 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004429 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004430 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004431 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004432 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004433 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4434 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004435 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4436 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004437 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4438 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4439 return LHS;
4440
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004441 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004442 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004443 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004444 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4445 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004446 return LHS;
4447
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004448 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004449 }
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004450 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
4451 // Distinct fixed-width integers are not compatible.
4452 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004453 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4454 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4455 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004456 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004457
4458 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004459}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004460
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004461//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004462// Integer Predicates
4463//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004464
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004465unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004466 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004467 return 1;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004468 if (FixedWidthIntType *FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) {
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004469 return FWIT->getWidth();
4470 }
4471 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004472 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4473}
4474
4475QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4476 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004477
4478 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4479 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4480 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4481 VTy->getNumElements());
4482
4483 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4484 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004485 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004486
4487 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4488 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004489 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4490 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4491 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4492 return UnsignedCharTy;
4493 case BuiltinType::Short:
4494 return UnsignedShortTy;
4495 case BuiltinType::Int:
4496 return UnsignedIntTy;
4497 case BuiltinType::Long:
4498 return UnsignedLongTy;
4499 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4500 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004501 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4502 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004503 default:
4504 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4505 return QualType();
4506 }
4507}
4508
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004509ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4510
4511void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004512
4513
4514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4515// Builtin Type Computation
4516//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4517
4518/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4519/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004520static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004521 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4522 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4523 // Modifiers.
4524 int HowLong = 0;
4525 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004526
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004527 // Read the modifiers first.
4528 bool Done = false;
4529 while (!Done) {
4530 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004531 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004532 case 'S':
4533 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4534 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4535 Signed = true;
4536 break;
4537 case 'U':
4538 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4539 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4540 Unsigned = true;
4541 break;
4542 case 'L':
4543 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4544 ++HowLong;
4545 break;
4546 }
4547 }
4548
4549 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004551 // Read the base type.
4552 switch (*Str++) {
4553 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4554 case 'v':
4555 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4556 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4557 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4558 break;
4559 case 'f':
4560 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4561 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4562 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4563 break;
4564 case 'd':
4565 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4566 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4567 if (HowLong)
4568 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4569 else
4570 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4571 break;
4572 case 's':
4573 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4574 if (Unsigned)
4575 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4576 else
4577 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4578 break;
4579 case 'i':
4580 if (HowLong == 3)
4581 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4582 else if (HowLong == 2)
4583 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4584 else if (HowLong == 1)
4585 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4586 else
4587 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4588 break;
4589 case 'c':
4590 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4591 if (Signed)
4592 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4593 else if (Unsigned)
4594 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4595 else
4596 Type = Context.CharTy;
4597 break;
4598 case 'b': // boolean
4599 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4600 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4601 break;
4602 case 'z': // size_t.
4603 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4604 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4605 break;
4606 case 'F':
4607 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4608 break;
4609 case 'a':
4610 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4611 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4612 break;
4613 case 'A':
4614 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4615 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4616 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4617 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4618 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4619 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4620 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4621 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4622 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4623 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4624 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4625 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4626 } else {
4627 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4628 }
4629 break;
4630 case 'V': {
4631 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004632 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4633 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004634
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004635 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004636
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004637 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4638 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4639 break;
4640 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004641 case 'X': {
4642 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4643 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4644 break;
4645 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004646 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004647 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4648 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004649 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004650 return QualType();
4651 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004652 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004653 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004654 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004655 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004656 else
4657 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4658
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004659 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004660 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004661 return QualType();
4662 }
4663 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004664 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004665
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004666 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4667 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004669 Done = false;
4670 while (!Done) {
4671 switch (*Str++) {
4672 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4673 case '*':
4674 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4675 break;
4676 case '&':
4677 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4678 break;
4679 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4680 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004681 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004682 break;
4683 }
4684 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004686 return Type;
4687}
4688
4689/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4690QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4691 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4692 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004693
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004694 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004695
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004696 Error = GE_None;
4697 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4698 if (Error != GE_None)
4699 return QualType();
4700 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4701 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4702 if (Error != GE_None)
4703 return QualType();
4704
4705 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4706 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4707 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004708
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004709 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4710 }
4711
4712 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4713 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4714
4715 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4716 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4717 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4718 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4719 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4720}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004721
4722QualType
4723ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4724 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4725 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4726 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4727 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4728 // equivalent.
4729 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4730 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4731 else
4732 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4733 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4734 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4735 else
4736 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4737
4738 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4739 if (lhs == rhs)
4740 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004741
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004742 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4743 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4744 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4745 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004746
4747 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4748
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004749 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4750 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4751 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004752 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004753 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4754 return lhs;
4755 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004756 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004757 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4758 return rhs;
4759 }
4760 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004761 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4762 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4763 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4764 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004765 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004766 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004767 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004769 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4770 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004771
4772 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004773 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004775 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004776 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004777 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4778 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4779 // does not require this promotion.
4780 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4781 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4782 return rhs;
4783 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4784 return lhs;
4785 }
4786 }
4787 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4788 }
4789 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4790 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4791 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4792 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4793 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4794 return lhs;
4795 }
4796 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4797 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4798 return getComplexType(lhs);
4799 }
4800 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4801 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4802 return rhs;
4803 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004804 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004805 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4806 return getComplexType(rhs);
4807 }
4808 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4809 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4810 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4811 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4812 return lhs;
4813 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4814 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4815 }
4816 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4817 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4818 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4819 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4820
4821 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004822 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004823 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4824 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4825 return rhs;
4826 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4827 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4828 return lhs;
4829 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4830 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4831 return rhs;
4832 }
4833 }
4834 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4835 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4836 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4837 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4838 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4839 QualType destType;
4840 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4841 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4842 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4843 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4844 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4845 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4846 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4847 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4848 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4849 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4850 // use the signed type.
4851 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4852 } else {
4853 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4854 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4855 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4856 // to the signed type.
4857 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4858 }
4859 return destType;
4860}